|
Monday June 16, 2025
|
|
7:30 AM - 12:30 PM
|
City Maintenance
|
St Johns Depot and Rotary Park - Depot Building
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy- Monday, Wednesday, Friday 9:00-10:00 AM - Morning Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy June Monthly Pass
All registrations and payments will be online. Instructions on creating an account can be found at the link below.
This is the link to create an account: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/household/add_step_01.aspx
This is the link to register for programs: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/activities/default.aspx
Registrations will be for single day visits. You will be able to register 10 days in advance.
It is recommended that you bring your own equipment, ie fins, kickboards.
All access to the pool for recreation programs will now happen through door #38. This door is located to the left of the main athletic entrance. We will have this open door propped open for 10-15 minutes after the program starts. This is based on a recommendation from Public Safety Officials to reduce the amount of access non-students have to the high school both before and during school hours.
If the school district cancels school due to weather or other reasons, then this program is also canceled.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Soccer Camp - 2nd/3rd grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2022. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Masks, social distancing, and temperature checks may be required for participation. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocations, updates and changes will be sent via email, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails or you will not receive program notifications. All programs are tentative pending local guidelines and subject to change or cancellation.Soccer CampOur four-day camp will focus on teaching the fundamentals of soccer in a non-competitive atmosphere. The group will be divided into teams and scrimmage at the end of each session. All players are required to wear shin guards.Basketball CampImprove your basketball skills by participating this summer in our four-day basketball camp. Shooting, passing, dribbling and playing defense will all be covered in a non-competitive fun environment. Little Flaggers FootballBring your friends to the park and enjoy a fun game of flag football. This non-contact program for boys and girls will help kids enjoy the game regardless of their size or skill level. Individual fun can be expected but teamwork will be emphasized. Teams will be put together based on the kids present. Morning Sports Sampler Camp Come join us in our 2025 sports camp, where we will be having fun learning and playing all the sports you have come to love. During this camp you will learn about the following sports: Kickball, Basketball, Volleyball and Softball. Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisYouth tennis lessons are offered for grades K-5th. The fundamentals of tennis with an emphasis on fun and sportsmanship will be taught. Children are asked to supply their own racket, a new can of tennis balls and to wear proper shoes. Summer Activities CampWelcome to Summer Activities Camp! Get ready for an action-packed camp filled with thrilling games like tug-of-war, water balloon toss, obstacle courses, scavenger hunts, relay races, and much more. Join us for unforgettable adventures, new friendships, and endless fun in the sun!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Soccer Camp - K/1st grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2022. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Masks, social distancing, and temperature checks may be required for participation. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocations, updates and changes will be sent via email, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails or you will not receive program notifications. All programs are tentative pending local guidelines and subject to change or cancellation.Soccer CampOur four-day camp will focus on teaching the fundamentals of soccer in a non-competitive atmosphere. The group will be divided into teams and scrimmage at the end of each session. All players are required to wear shin guards.Basketball CampImprove your basketball skills by participating this summer in our four-day basketball camp. Shooting, passing, dribbling and playing defense will all be covered in a non-competitive fun environment. Little Flaggers FootballBring your friends to the park and enjoy a fun game of flag football. This non-contact program for boys and girls will help kids enjoy the game regardless of their size or skill level. Individual fun can be expected but teamwork will be emphasized. Teams will be put together based on the kids present. Morning Sports Sampler Camp Come join us in our 2025 sports camp, where we will be having fun learning and playing all the sports you have come to love. During this camp you will learn about the following sports: Kickball, Basketball, Volleyball and Softball. Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisYouth tennis lessons are offered for grades K-5th. The fundamentals of tennis with an emphasis on fun and sportsmanship will be taught. Children are asked to supply their own racket, a new can of tennis balls and to wear proper shoes. Summer Activities CampWelcome to Summer Activities Camp! Get ready for an action-packed camp filled with thrilling games like tug-of-war, water balloon toss, obstacle courses, scavenger hunts, relay races, and much more. Join us for unforgettable adventures, new friendships, and endless fun in the sun!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
City Maintenance
|
St Johns Depot and Rotary Park - Depot Building
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Afternoon Summer Camps - Survival Camp
The Recreation Department is offering a number of afternoon summer camps for children in 2025. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: registration will close the Thursday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Camp programming and information is subject to change. Camp themes change per year, so please read the following descriptions to match with this year's offerings. Rainforest Realm Camp:Get ready to swing into the wild! At Rainforest Realm Camp, kids will embark on a journey deep into the heart of the rainforest, where every day is filled with exciting discoveries, creative exploration, and wild fun. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Junior Firefighter Camp: Want to learn what it takes to become a firefighter? If so, join the City of St. Johns Recreation Department and learn what it takes to be a firefighter and become a Jr. Firefighter. Children will do arts and crafts activities along with participating in firefighter-themed activities throughout the week. They will also get to hear from a fire fighter and see a fire truck! Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Pokemon Trainer Camp:The Poké Trainer Camp is a fun and interactive program where kids get to become real-life Pokémon Trainers! It’s like stepping into the world of Pokémon, where they’ll learn about Pokémon, go on adventures and do activities that will earn them their badges, do arts and crafts—all themed around the Pokémon universe. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Survival Camp: This camp is filled with exciting outdoor activities like orienteering, outdoor survival, hiking and using maps and compasses. Don’t be lost in the woods, find your compass and make your way to register for this camp. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Under the Sea Camp:Come join the City of St. Johns Recreation Department and explore the deep blue sea. Children will participate in ocean-themed fun activities and take a trip to the spray park or high school pool. Participants must provide their own swim wear, and towel. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Wacky Wizardry Camp: Uncover mysteries and explore the unknown by learning the wizarding secrets and skills of the great Professor Stumblemore. Kids will learn the different illusions and participate in experiments, games, and crafts. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.
|
Main City Park - Main Park Pavillion
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
T-BALL
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 10:30 PM
|
City Maintenance
|
St Johns Depot and Rotary Park - Depot Building
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
Tuesday June 17, 2025
|
|
5:00 AM - 6:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim - Tuesday, Thursday 5:00am-6:00am - Morning Lap Swim 5:00-6:00 am June Monthly Pass
All registrations and payments will be online. Instructions on creating an account can be found at the link below.
This is the link to create an account: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/household/add_step_01.aspx
This is the link to register for programs: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/activities/default.aspx
Registrations will be for single day visits.
It is recommended that you bring your own equipment, ie fins, kickboards.
All access to the pool for recreation programs will now happen through door #38. This door is located to the left of the main athletic entrance. We will have this open door propped open for 10-15 minutes after the program starts. This is based on a recommendation from Public Safety Officials to reduce the amount of access non-students have to the high school both before and during school hours.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 12:30 PM
|
City Maintenance
|
St Johns Depot and Rotary Park - Depot Building
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Soccer Camp - 2nd/3rd grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2022. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Masks, social distancing, and temperature checks may be required for participation. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocations, updates and changes will be sent via email, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails or you will not receive program notifications. All programs are tentative pending local guidelines and subject to change or cancellation.Soccer CampOur four-day camp will focus on teaching the fundamentals of soccer in a non-competitive atmosphere. The group will be divided into teams and scrimmage at the end of each session. All players are required to wear shin guards.Basketball CampImprove your basketball skills by participating this summer in our four-day basketball camp. Shooting, passing, dribbling and playing defense will all be covered in a non-competitive fun environment. Little Flaggers FootballBring your friends to the park and enjoy a fun game of flag football. This non-contact program for boys and girls will help kids enjoy the game regardless of their size or skill level. Individual fun can be expected but teamwork will be emphasized. Teams will be put together based on the kids present. Morning Sports Sampler Camp Come join us in our 2025 sports camp, where we will be having fun learning and playing all the sports you have come to love. During this camp you will learn about the following sports: Kickball, Basketball, Volleyball and Softball. Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisYouth tennis lessons are offered for grades K-5th. The fundamentals of tennis with an emphasis on fun and sportsmanship will be taught. Children are asked to supply their own racket, a new can of tennis balls and to wear proper shoes. Summer Activities CampWelcome to Summer Activities Camp! Get ready for an action-packed camp filled with thrilling games like tug-of-war, water balloon toss, obstacle courses, scavenger hunts, relay races, and much more. Join us for unforgettable adventures, new friendships, and endless fun in the sun!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Soccer Camp - K/1st grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2022. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Masks, social distancing, and temperature checks may be required for participation. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocations, updates and changes will be sent via email, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails or you will not receive program notifications. All programs are tentative pending local guidelines and subject to change or cancellation.Soccer CampOur four-day camp will focus on teaching the fundamentals of soccer in a non-competitive atmosphere. The group will be divided into teams and scrimmage at the end of each session. All players are required to wear shin guards.Basketball CampImprove your basketball skills by participating this summer in our four-day basketball camp. Shooting, passing, dribbling and playing defense will all be covered in a non-competitive fun environment. Little Flaggers FootballBring your friends to the park and enjoy a fun game of flag football. This non-contact program for boys and girls will help kids enjoy the game regardless of their size or skill level. Individual fun can be expected but teamwork will be emphasized. Teams will be put together based on the kids present. Morning Sports Sampler Camp Come join us in our 2025 sports camp, where we will be having fun learning and playing all the sports you have come to love. During this camp you will learn about the following sports: Kickball, Basketball, Volleyball and Softball. Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisYouth tennis lessons are offered for grades K-5th. The fundamentals of tennis with an emphasis on fun and sportsmanship will be taught. Children are asked to supply their own racket, a new can of tennis balls and to wear proper shoes. Summer Activities CampWelcome to Summer Activities Camp! Get ready for an action-packed camp filled with thrilling games like tug-of-war, water balloon toss, obstacle courses, scavenger hunts, relay races, and much more. Join us for unforgettable adventures, new friendships, and endless fun in the sun!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
City Maintenance
|
St Johns Depot and Rotary Park - Depot Building
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Afternoon Summer Camps - Survival Camp
The Recreation Department is offering a number of afternoon summer camps for children in 2025. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: registration will close the Thursday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Camp programming and information is subject to change. Camp themes change per year, so please read the following descriptions to match with this year's offerings. Rainforest Realm Camp:Get ready to swing into the wild! At Rainforest Realm Camp, kids will embark on a journey deep into the heart of the rainforest, where every day is filled with exciting discoveries, creative exploration, and wild fun. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Junior Firefighter Camp: Want to learn what it takes to become a firefighter? If so, join the City of St. Johns Recreation Department and learn what it takes to be a firefighter and become a Jr. Firefighter. Children will do arts and crafts activities along with participating in firefighter-themed activities throughout the week. They will also get to hear from a fire fighter and see a fire truck! Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Pokemon Trainer Camp:The Poké Trainer Camp is a fun and interactive program where kids get to become real-life Pokémon Trainers! It’s like stepping into the world of Pokémon, where they’ll learn about Pokémon, go on adventures and do activities that will earn them their badges, do arts and crafts—all themed around the Pokémon universe. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Survival Camp: This camp is filled with exciting outdoor activities like orienteering, outdoor survival, hiking and using maps and compasses. Don’t be lost in the woods, find your compass and make your way to register for this camp. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Under the Sea Camp:Come join the City of St. Johns Recreation Department and explore the deep blue sea. Children will participate in ocean-themed fun activities and take a trip to the spray park or high school pool. Participants must provide their own swim wear, and towel. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Wacky Wizardry Camp: Uncover mysteries and explore the unknown by learning the wizarding secrets and skills of the great Professor Stumblemore. Kids will learn the different illusions and participate in experiments, games, and crafts. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.
|
Main City Park - Main Park Pavillion
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Client Event
|
Main City Park - Main Park Pavillion
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
T-BALL
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 10:30 PM
|
City Maintenance
|
St Johns Depot and Rotary Park - Depot Building
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
Wednesday June 18, 2025
|
|
7:30 AM - 12:30 PM
|
City Maintenance
|
St Johns Depot and Rotary Park - Depot Building
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy- Monday, Wednesday, Friday 9:00-10:00 AM - Morning Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy June Monthly Pass
All registrations and payments will be online. Instructions on creating an account can be found at the link below.
This is the link to create an account: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/household/add_step_01.aspx
This is the link to register for programs: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/activities/default.aspx
Registrations will be for single day visits. You will be able to register 10 days in advance.
It is recommended that you bring your own equipment, ie fins, kickboards.
All access to the pool for recreation programs will now happen through door #38. This door is located to the left of the main athletic entrance. We will have this open door propped open for 10-15 minutes after the program starts. This is based on a recommendation from Public Safety Officials to reduce the amount of access non-students have to the high school both before and during school hours.
If the school district cancels school due to weather or other reasons, then this program is also canceled.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Soccer Camp - 2nd/3rd grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2022. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Masks, social distancing, and temperature checks may be required for participation. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocations, updates and changes will be sent via email, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails or you will not receive program notifications. All programs are tentative pending local guidelines and subject to change or cancellation.Soccer CampOur four-day camp will focus on teaching the fundamentals of soccer in a non-competitive atmosphere. The group will be divided into teams and scrimmage at the end of each session. All players are required to wear shin guards.Basketball CampImprove your basketball skills by participating this summer in our four-day basketball camp. Shooting, passing, dribbling and playing defense will all be covered in a non-competitive fun environment. Little Flaggers FootballBring your friends to the park and enjoy a fun game of flag football. This non-contact program for boys and girls will help kids enjoy the game regardless of their size or skill level. Individual fun can be expected but teamwork will be emphasized. Teams will be put together based on the kids present. Morning Sports Sampler Camp Come join us in our 2025 sports camp, where we will be having fun learning and playing all the sports you have come to love. During this camp you will learn about the following sports: Kickball, Basketball, Volleyball and Softball. Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisYouth tennis lessons are offered for grades K-5th. The fundamentals of tennis with an emphasis on fun and sportsmanship will be taught. Children are asked to supply their own racket, a new can of tennis balls and to wear proper shoes. Summer Activities CampWelcome to Summer Activities Camp! Get ready for an action-packed camp filled with thrilling games like tug-of-war, water balloon toss, obstacle courses, scavenger hunts, relay races, and much more. Join us for unforgettable adventures, new friendships, and endless fun in the sun!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Soccer Camp - K/1st grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2022. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Masks, social distancing, and temperature checks may be required for participation. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocations, updates and changes will be sent via email, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails or you will not receive program notifications. All programs are tentative pending local guidelines and subject to change or cancellation.Soccer CampOur four-day camp will focus on teaching the fundamentals of soccer in a non-competitive atmosphere. The group will be divided into teams and scrimmage at the end of each session. All players are required to wear shin guards.Basketball CampImprove your basketball skills by participating this summer in our four-day basketball camp. Shooting, passing, dribbling and playing defense will all be covered in a non-competitive fun environment. Little Flaggers FootballBring your friends to the park and enjoy a fun game of flag football. This non-contact program for boys and girls will help kids enjoy the game regardless of their size or skill level. Individual fun can be expected but teamwork will be emphasized. Teams will be put together based on the kids present. Morning Sports Sampler Camp Come join us in our 2025 sports camp, where we will be having fun learning and playing all the sports you have come to love. During this camp you will learn about the following sports: Kickball, Basketball, Volleyball and Softball. Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisYouth tennis lessons are offered for grades K-5th. The fundamentals of tennis with an emphasis on fun and sportsmanship will be taught. Children are asked to supply their own racket, a new can of tennis balls and to wear proper shoes. Summer Activities CampWelcome to Summer Activities Camp! Get ready for an action-packed camp filled with thrilling games like tug-of-war, water balloon toss, obstacle courses, scavenger hunts, relay races, and much more. Join us for unforgettable adventures, new friendships, and endless fun in the sun!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
City Maintenance
|
St Johns Depot and Rotary Park - Depot Building
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Afternoon Summer Camps - Survival Camp
The Recreation Department is offering a number of afternoon summer camps for children in 2025. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: registration will close the Thursday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Camp programming and information is subject to change. Camp themes change per year, so please read the following descriptions to match with this year's offerings. Rainforest Realm Camp:Get ready to swing into the wild! At Rainforest Realm Camp, kids will embark on a journey deep into the heart of the rainforest, where every day is filled with exciting discoveries, creative exploration, and wild fun. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Junior Firefighter Camp: Want to learn what it takes to become a firefighter? If so, join the City of St. Johns Recreation Department and learn what it takes to be a firefighter and become a Jr. Firefighter. Children will do arts and crafts activities along with participating in firefighter-themed activities throughout the week. They will also get to hear from a fire fighter and see a fire truck! Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Pokemon Trainer Camp:The Poké Trainer Camp is a fun and interactive program where kids get to become real-life Pokémon Trainers! It’s like stepping into the world of Pokémon, where they’ll learn about Pokémon, go on adventures and do activities that will earn them their badges, do arts and crafts—all themed around the Pokémon universe. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Survival Camp: This camp is filled with exciting outdoor activities like orienteering, outdoor survival, hiking and using maps and compasses. Don’t be lost in the woods, find your compass and make your way to register for this camp. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Under the Sea Camp:Come join the City of St. Johns Recreation Department and explore the deep blue sea. Children will participate in ocean-themed fun activities and take a trip to the spray park or high school pool. Participants must provide their own swim wear, and towel. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Wacky Wizardry Camp: Uncover mysteries and explore the unknown by learning the wizarding secrets and skills of the great Professor Stumblemore. Kids will learn the different illusions and participate in experiments, games, and crafts. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.
|
Main City Park - Main Park Pavillion
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 10:00 PM
|
Music in the Park
|
Main City Park - Performance Shell
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 10:00 PM
|
Music in the Park
|
Main City Park - Main Park Pavillion
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
T-BALL
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 10:30 PM
|
City Maintenance
|
St Johns Depot and Rotary Park - Depot Building
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
Thursday June 19, 2025
|
|
5:00 AM - 6:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim - Tuesday, Thursday 5:00am-6:00am - Morning Lap Swim 5:00-6:00 am June Monthly Pass
All registrations and payments will be online. Instructions on creating an account can be found at the link below.
This is the link to create an account: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/household/add_step_01.aspx
This is the link to register for programs: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/activities/default.aspx
Registrations will be for single day visits.
It is recommended that you bring your own equipment, ie fins, kickboards.
All access to the pool for recreation programs will now happen through door #38. This door is located to the left of the main athletic entrance. We will have this open door propped open for 10-15 minutes after the program starts. This is based on a recommendation from Public Safety Officials to reduce the amount of access non-students have to the high school both before and during school hours.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy- Monday, Wednesday, Friday 9:00-10:00 AM - Morning Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy June Monthly Pass
All registrations and payments will be online. Instructions on creating an account can be found at the link below.
This is the link to create an account: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/household/add_step_01.aspx
This is the link to register for programs: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/activities/default.aspx
Registrations will be for single day visits. You will be able to register 10 days in advance.
It is recommended that you bring your own equipment, ie fins, kickboards.
All access to the pool for recreation programs will now happen through door #38. This door is located to the left of the main athletic entrance. We will have this open door propped open for 10-15 minutes after the program starts. This is based on a recommendation from Public Safety Officials to reduce the amount of access non-students have to the high school both before and during school hours.
If the school district cancels school due to weather or other reasons, then this program is also canceled.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Soccer Camp - 2nd/3rd grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2022. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Masks, social distancing, and temperature checks may be required for participation. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocations, updates and changes will be sent via email, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails or you will not receive program notifications. All programs are tentative pending local guidelines and subject to change or cancellation.Soccer CampOur four-day camp will focus on teaching the fundamentals of soccer in a non-competitive atmosphere. The group will be divided into teams and scrimmage at the end of each session. All players are required to wear shin guards.Basketball CampImprove your basketball skills by participating this summer in our four-day basketball camp. Shooting, passing, dribbling and playing defense will all be covered in a non-competitive fun environment. Little Flaggers FootballBring your friends to the park and enjoy a fun game of flag football. This non-contact program for boys and girls will help kids enjoy the game regardless of their size or skill level. Individual fun can be expected but teamwork will be emphasized. Teams will be put together based on the kids present. Morning Sports Sampler Camp Come join us in our 2025 sports camp, where we will be having fun learning and playing all the sports you have come to love. During this camp you will learn about the following sports: Kickball, Basketball, Volleyball and Softball. Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisYouth tennis lessons are offered for grades K-5th. The fundamentals of tennis with an emphasis on fun and sportsmanship will be taught. Children are asked to supply their own racket, a new can of tennis balls and to wear proper shoes. Summer Activities CampWelcome to Summer Activities Camp! Get ready for an action-packed camp filled with thrilling games like tug-of-war, water balloon toss, obstacle courses, scavenger hunts, relay races, and much more. Join us for unforgettable adventures, new friendships, and endless fun in the sun!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Soccer Camp - K/1st grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2022. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Masks, social distancing, and temperature checks may be required for participation. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocations, updates and changes will be sent via email, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails or you will not receive program notifications. All programs are tentative pending local guidelines and subject to change or cancellation.Soccer CampOur four-day camp will focus on teaching the fundamentals of soccer in a non-competitive atmosphere. The group will be divided into teams and scrimmage at the end of each session. All players are required to wear shin guards.Basketball CampImprove your basketball skills by participating this summer in our four-day basketball camp. Shooting, passing, dribbling and playing defense will all be covered in a non-competitive fun environment. Little Flaggers FootballBring your friends to the park and enjoy a fun game of flag football. This non-contact program for boys and girls will help kids enjoy the game regardless of their size or skill level. Individual fun can be expected but teamwork will be emphasized. Teams will be put together based on the kids present. Morning Sports Sampler Camp Come join us in our 2025 sports camp, where we will be having fun learning and playing all the sports you have come to love. During this camp you will learn about the following sports: Kickball, Basketball, Volleyball and Softball. Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisYouth tennis lessons are offered for grades K-5th. The fundamentals of tennis with an emphasis on fun and sportsmanship will be taught. Children are asked to supply their own racket, a new can of tennis balls and to wear proper shoes. Summer Activities CampWelcome to Summer Activities Camp! Get ready for an action-packed camp filled with thrilling games like tug-of-war, water balloon toss, obstacle courses, scavenger hunts, relay races, and much more. Join us for unforgettable adventures, new friendships, and endless fun in the sun!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Afternoon Summer Camps - Survival Camp
The Recreation Department is offering a number of afternoon summer camps for children in 2025. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: registration will close the Thursday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Camp programming and information is subject to change. Camp themes change per year, so please read the following descriptions to match with this year's offerings. Rainforest Realm Camp:Get ready to swing into the wild! At Rainforest Realm Camp, kids will embark on a journey deep into the heart of the rainforest, where every day is filled with exciting discoveries, creative exploration, and wild fun. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Junior Firefighter Camp: Want to learn what it takes to become a firefighter? If so, join the City of St. Johns Recreation Department and learn what it takes to be a firefighter and become a Jr. Firefighter. Children will do arts and crafts activities along with participating in firefighter-themed activities throughout the week. They will also get to hear from a fire fighter and see a fire truck! Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Pokemon Trainer Camp:The Poké Trainer Camp is a fun and interactive program where kids get to become real-life Pokémon Trainers! It’s like stepping into the world of Pokémon, where they’ll learn about Pokémon, go on adventures and do activities that will earn them their badges, do arts and crafts—all themed around the Pokémon universe. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Survival Camp: This camp is filled with exciting outdoor activities like orienteering, outdoor survival, hiking and using maps and compasses. Don’t be lost in the woods, find your compass and make your way to register for this camp. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Under the Sea Camp:Come join the City of St. Johns Recreation Department and explore the deep blue sea. Children will participate in ocean-themed fun activities and take a trip to the spray park or high school pool. Participants must provide their own swim wear, and towel. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Wacky Wizardry Camp: Uncover mysteries and explore the unknown by learning the wizarding secrets and skills of the great Professor Stumblemore. Kids will learn the different illusions and participate in experiments, games, and crafts. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.
|
Main City Park - Main Park Pavillion
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Summer Co-ed Softball League - TEAM Summer Coed Softball: JC Electric @ Jet's Pizza
The City of St. Johns summer softball leagues will tentatively begin the week of June 1, 2025. Co-ed on Thursday night. All games will be played at the City Park Main Softball Field. The first games will begin at 6:15pm and will be scheduled every 60 minutes with the last games beginning play at 9:15pm, depending on the number of teams. The league is an 8-game season ending with a tournament, if weather and time permits. If less than 8 teams register there will be some double headers scheduled for each team. Each team is responsible for paying the umpire $18 before each game. If a team has to forfeit, they are responsible for paying the entire $36 umpire fee. A team shall consist of at least twelve (12) players on the roster. You must have equal number of females and males in the playing field, so your roster should be similar. Additional players may be listed on the roster, but must register under "Additional Players" for $25 on the registration website.Team Registration opens, March 17, 2025 Deadline: by April 14, 2025 Team/Player Fee: $300.00The league will be cancelled if a minimum of 4 teams are not registered by April 15th. Fee covers team and player fees, up to 12 players. Teams are responsible for paying the umpire $18 at the field before each game they play. Depending on the number of teams that register, you might play double headers some nights.If there is room after the registration deadline, the registration fee will be $325.Player Registration opens April 15, 2025Deadline: By May 28, 2025 Fee: Included in Team FeeTeams must have a full roster of 12 players by the deadline. Managers: Be sure that your players have individually registered for your team by the deadline.You can have up to 12 players on your roster. Additional players over 12 will incur a $25 fee. Managers will have guidelines and league rules for your reference. Please contact your manager with questions.How to Register: (There is a tutorial available on the bottom of the registration homepage)Managers: create a household account if you don't have one, then register your team online. Be sure to register yourself individually as a player afterwards when player registration opens. Managers do NOT register their players any more--players must register individually.If you have a sponsorship check for your team, click Print a Registration Form at checkout and bring that with your check to the City Offices by the deadline. If you are paying online, select that option. (If your sponsor paid for the player fees as well, please contact Rachel Hoten at rhoten@stjohnsmi.gov for special instructions to give your players)Individual Players: create a household account if you don't have one, then register only yourself online. Only adults living in your home (family members) should be added as members of your household account.Check your spam/junk mail folder for our emails and add our email address to your contacts so you don't miss any important details!Additional Player over 12: Deadline May 31.Fee: $25.00 per player
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:15 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Summer Co-ed Softball League - TEAM Summer Coed Softball: Jet's Pizza @ One Bad Inning
The City of St. Johns summer softball leagues will tentatively begin the week of June 1, 2025. Co-ed on Thursday night. All games will be played at the City Park Main Softball Field. The first games will begin at 6:15pm and will be scheduled every 60 minutes with the last games beginning play at 9:15pm, depending on the number of teams. The league is an 8-game season ending with a tournament, if weather and time permits. If less than 8 teams register there will be some double headers scheduled for each team. Each team is responsible for paying the umpire $18 before each game. If a team has to forfeit, they are responsible for paying the entire $36 umpire fee. A team shall consist of at least twelve (12) players on the roster. You must have equal number of females and males in the playing field, so your roster should be similar. Additional players may be listed on the roster, but must register under "Additional Players" for $25 on the registration website.Team Registration opens, March 17, 2025 Deadline: by April 14, 2025 Team/Player Fee: $300.00The league will be cancelled if a minimum of 4 teams are not registered by April 15th. Fee covers team and player fees, up to 12 players. Teams are responsible for paying the umpire $18 at the field before each game they play. Depending on the number of teams that register, you might play double headers some nights.If there is room after the registration deadline, the registration fee will be $325.Player Registration opens April 15, 2025Deadline: By May 28, 2025 Fee: Included in Team FeeTeams must have a full roster of 12 players by the deadline. Managers: Be sure that your players have individually registered for your team by the deadline.You can have up to 12 players on your roster. Additional players over 12 will incur a $25 fee. Managers will have guidelines and league rules for your reference. Please contact your manager with questions.How to Register: (There is a tutorial available on the bottom of the registration homepage)Managers: create a household account if you don't have one, then register your team online. Be sure to register yourself individually as a player afterwards when player registration opens. Managers do NOT register their players any more--players must register individually.If you have a sponsorship check for your team, click Print a Registration Form at checkout and bring that with your check to the City Offices by the deadline. If you are paying online, select that option. (If your sponsor paid for the player fees as well, please contact Rachel Hoten at rhoten@stjohnsmi.gov for special instructions to give your players)Individual Players: create a household account if you don't have one, then register only yourself online. Only adults living in your home (family members) should be added as members of your household account.Check your spam/junk mail folder for our emails and add our email address to your contacts so you don't miss any important details!Additional Player over 12: Deadline May 31.Fee: $25.00 per player
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
8:15 PM - 9:15 PM
|
Summer Co-ed Softball League - TEAM Summer Coed Softball: Taylor Repair @ Bat Intentions
The City of St. Johns summer softball leagues will tentatively begin the week of June 1, 2025. Co-ed on Thursday night. All games will be played at the City Park Main Softball Field. The first games will begin at 6:15pm and will be scheduled every 60 minutes with the last games beginning play at 9:15pm, depending on the number of teams. The league is an 8-game season ending with a tournament, if weather and time permits. If less than 8 teams register there will be some double headers scheduled for each team. Each team is responsible for paying the umpire $18 before each game. If a team has to forfeit, they are responsible for paying the entire $36 umpire fee. A team shall consist of at least twelve (12) players on the roster. You must have equal number of females and males in the playing field, so your roster should be similar. Additional players may be listed on the roster, but must register under "Additional Players" for $25 on the registration website.Team Registration opens, March 17, 2025 Deadline: by April 14, 2025 Team/Player Fee: $300.00The league will be cancelled if a minimum of 4 teams are not registered by April 15th. Fee covers team and player fees, up to 12 players. Teams are responsible for paying the umpire $18 at the field before each game they play. Depending on the number of teams that register, you might play double headers some nights.If there is room after the registration deadline, the registration fee will be $325.Player Registration opens April 15, 2025Deadline: By May 28, 2025 Fee: Included in Team FeeTeams must have a full roster of 12 players by the deadline. Managers: Be sure that your players have individually registered for your team by the deadline.You can have up to 12 players on your roster. Additional players over 12 will incur a $25 fee. Managers will have guidelines and league rules for your reference. Please contact your manager with questions.How to Register: (There is a tutorial available on the bottom of the registration homepage)Managers: create a household account if you don't have one, then register your team online. Be sure to register yourself individually as a player afterwards when player registration opens. Managers do NOT register their players any more--players must register individually.If you have a sponsorship check for your team, click Print a Registration Form at checkout and bring that with your check to the City Offices by the deadline. If you are paying online, select that option. (If your sponsor paid for the player fees as well, please contact Rachel Hoten at rhoten@stjohnsmi.gov for special instructions to give your players)Individual Players: create a household account if you don't have one, then register only yourself online. Only adults living in your home (family members) should be added as members of your household account.Check your spam/junk mail folder for our emails and add our email address to your contacts so you don't miss any important details!Additional Player over 12: Deadline May 31.Fee: $25.00 per player
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|
|
9:15 PM - 10:15 PM
|
Summer Co-ed Softball League - TEAM Summer Coed Softball: Blue Moon Ice Cream Shop @ MWC
The City of St. Johns summer softball leagues will tentatively begin the week of June 1, 2025. Co-ed on Thursday night. All games will be played at the City Park Main Softball Field. The first games will begin at 6:15pm and will be scheduled every 60 minutes with the last games beginning play at 9:15pm, depending on the number of teams. The league is an 8-game season ending with a tournament, if weather and time permits. If less than 8 teams register there will be some double headers scheduled for each team. Each team is responsible for paying the umpire $18 before each game. If a team has to forfeit, they are responsible for paying the entire $36 umpire fee. A team shall consist of at least twelve (12) players on the roster. You must have equal number of females and males in the playing field, so your roster should be similar. Additional players may be listed on the roster, but must register under "Additional Players" for $25 on the registration website.Team Registration opens, March 17, 2025 Deadline: by April 14, 2025 Team/Player Fee: $300.00The league will be cancelled if a minimum of 4 teams are not registered by April 15th. Fee covers team and player fees, up to 12 players. Teams are responsible for paying the umpire $18 at the field before each game they play. Depending on the number of teams that register, you might play double headers some nights.If there is room after the registration deadline, the registration fee will be $325.Player Registration opens April 15, 2025Deadline: By May 28, 2025 Fee: Included in Team FeeTeams must have a full roster of 12 players by the deadline. Managers: Be sure that your players have individually registered for your team by the deadline.You can have up to 12 players on your roster. Additional players over 12 will incur a $25 fee. Managers will have guidelines and league rules for your reference. Please contact your manager with questions.How to Register: (There is a tutorial available on the bottom of the registration homepage)Managers: create a household account if you don't have one, then register your team online. Be sure to register yourself individually as a player afterwards when player registration opens. Managers do NOT register their players any more--players must register individually.If you have a sponsorship check for your team, click Print a Registration Form at checkout and bring that with your check to the City Offices by the deadline. If you are paying online, select that option. (If your sponsor paid for the player fees as well, please contact Rachel Hoten at rhoten@stjohnsmi.gov for special instructions to give your players)Individual Players: create a household account if you don't have one, then register only yourself online. Only adults living in your home (family members) should be added as members of your household account.Check your spam/junk mail folder for our emails and add our email address to your contacts so you don't miss any important details!Additional Player over 12: Deadline May 31.Fee: $25.00 per player
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|
|
Monday June 23, 2025
|
|
7:30 AM - 12:30 PM
|
City Maintenance
|
St Johns Depot and Rotary Park - Depot Building
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy- Monday, Wednesday, Friday 9:00-10:00 AM - Morning Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy June Monthly Pass
All registrations and payments will be online. Instructions on creating an account can be found at the link below.
This is the link to create an account: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/household/add_step_01.aspx
This is the link to register for programs: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/activities/default.aspx
Registrations will be for single day visits. You will be able to register 10 days in advance.
It is recommended that you bring your own equipment, ie fins, kickboards.
All access to the pool for recreation programs will now happen through door #38. This door is located to the left of the main athletic entrance. We will have this open door propped open for 10-15 minutes after the program starts. This is based on a recommendation from Public Safety Officials to reduce the amount of access non-students have to the high school both before and during school hours.
If the school district cancels school due to weather or other reasons, then this program is also canceled.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Sports Sampler K/1st Grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2022. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Masks, social distancing, and temperature checks may be required for participation. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocations, updates and changes will be sent via email, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails or you will not receive program notifications. All programs are tentative pending local guidelines and subject to change or cancellation.Soccer CampOur four-day camp will focus on teaching the fundamentals of soccer in a non-competitive atmosphere. The group will be divided into teams and scrimmage at the end of each session. All players are required to wear shin guards.Basketball CampImprove your basketball skills by participating this summer in our four-day basketball camp. Shooting, passing, dribbling and playing defense will all be covered in a non-competitive fun environment. Little Flaggers FootballBring your friends to the park and enjoy a fun game of flag football. This non-contact program for boys and girls will help kids enjoy the game regardless of their size or skill level. Individual fun can be expected but teamwork will be emphasized. Teams will be put together based on the kids present. Morning Sports Sampler Camp Come join us in our 2025 sports camp, where we will be having fun learning and playing all the sports you have come to love. During this camp you will learn about the following sports: Kickball, Basketball, Volleyball and Softball. Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisYouth tennis lessons are offered for grades K-5th. The fundamentals of tennis with an emphasis on fun and sportsmanship will be taught. Children are asked to supply their own racket, a new can of tennis balls and to wear proper shoes. Summer Activities CampWelcome to Summer Activities Camp! Get ready for an action-packed camp filled with thrilling games like tug-of-war, water balloon toss, obstacle courses, scavenger hunts, relay races, and much more. Join us for unforgettable adventures, new friendships, and endless fun in the sun!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Sports Sampler 2nd-4th Grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2022. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Masks, social distancing, and temperature checks may be required for participation. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocations, updates and changes will be sent via email, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails or you will not receive program notifications. All programs are tentative pending local guidelines and subject to change or cancellation.Soccer CampOur four-day camp will focus on teaching the fundamentals of soccer in a non-competitive atmosphere. The group will be divided into teams and scrimmage at the end of each session. All players are required to wear shin guards.Basketball CampImprove your basketball skills by participating this summer in our four-day basketball camp. Shooting, passing, dribbling and playing defense will all be covered in a non-competitive fun environment. Little Flaggers FootballBring your friends to the park and enjoy a fun game of flag football. This non-contact program for boys and girls will help kids enjoy the game regardless of their size or skill level. Individual fun can be expected but teamwork will be emphasized. Teams will be put together based on the kids present. Morning Sports Sampler Camp Come join us in our 2025 sports camp, where we will be having fun learning and playing all the sports you have come to love. During this camp you will learn about the following sports: Kickball, Basketball, Volleyball and Softball. Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisYouth tennis lessons are offered for grades K-5th. The fundamentals of tennis with an emphasis on fun and sportsmanship will be taught. Children are asked to supply their own racket, a new can of tennis balls and to wear proper shoes. Summer Activities CampWelcome to Summer Activities Camp! Get ready for an action-packed camp filled with thrilling games like tug-of-war, water balloon toss, obstacle courses, scavenger hunts, relay races, and much more. Join us for unforgettable adventures, new friendships, and endless fun in the sun!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
City Maintenance
|
St Johns Depot and Rotary Park - Depot Building
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Afternoon Summer Camps - Rainforest Realm Camp
The Recreation Department is offering a number of afternoon summer camps for children in 2025. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: registration will close the Thursday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Camp programming and information is subject to change. Camp themes change per year, so please read the following descriptions to match with this year's offerings. Rainforest Realm Camp:Get ready to swing into the wild! At Rainforest Realm Camp, kids will embark on a journey deep into the heart of the rainforest, where every day is filled with exciting discoveries, creative exploration, and wild fun. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Junior Firefighter Camp: Want to learn what it takes to become a firefighter? If so, join the City of St. Johns Recreation Department and learn what it takes to be a firefighter and become a Jr. Firefighter. Children will do arts and crafts activities along with participating in firefighter-themed activities throughout the week. They will also get to hear from a fire fighter and see a fire truck! Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Pokemon Trainer Camp:The Poké Trainer Camp is a fun and interactive program where kids get to become real-life Pokémon Trainers! It’s like stepping into the world of Pokémon, where they’ll learn about Pokémon, go on adventures and do activities that will earn them their badges, do arts and crafts—all themed around the Pokémon universe. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Survival Camp: This camp is filled with exciting outdoor activities like orienteering, outdoor survival, hiking and using maps and compasses. Don’t be lost in the woods, find your compass and make your way to register for this camp. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Under the Sea Camp:Come join the City of St. Johns Recreation Department and explore the deep blue sea. Children will participate in ocean-themed fun activities and take a trip to the spray park or high school pool. Participants must provide their own swim wear, and towel. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Wacky Wizardry Camp: Uncover mysteries and explore the unknown by learning the wizarding secrets and skills of the great Professor Stumblemore. Kids will learn the different illusions and participate in experiments, games, and crafts. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.
|
Main City Park - Main Park Pavillion
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
T-BALL
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 10:30 PM
|
City Maintenance
|
St Johns Depot and Rotary Park - Depot Building
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
Tuesday June 24, 2025
|
|
5:00 AM - 6:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim - Tuesday, Thursday 5:00am-6:00am - Morning Lap Swim 5:00-6:00 am June Monthly Pass
All registrations and payments will be online. Instructions on creating an account can be found at the link below.
This is the link to create an account: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/household/add_step_01.aspx
This is the link to register for programs: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/activities/default.aspx
Registrations will be for single day visits.
It is recommended that you bring your own equipment, ie fins, kickboards.
All access to the pool for recreation programs will now happen through door #38. This door is located to the left of the main athletic entrance. We will have this open door propped open for 10-15 minutes after the program starts. This is based on a recommendation from Public Safety Officials to reduce the amount of access non-students have to the high school both before and during school hours.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 12:30 PM
|
City Maintenance
|
St Johns Depot and Rotary Park - Depot Building
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Sports Sampler K/1st Grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2022. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Masks, social distancing, and temperature checks may be required for participation. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocations, updates and changes will be sent via email, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails or you will not receive program notifications. All programs are tentative pending local guidelines and subject to change or cancellation.Soccer CampOur four-day camp will focus on teaching the fundamentals of soccer in a non-competitive atmosphere. The group will be divided into teams and scrimmage at the end of each session. All players are required to wear shin guards.Basketball CampImprove your basketball skills by participating this summer in our four-day basketball camp. Shooting, passing, dribbling and playing defense will all be covered in a non-competitive fun environment. Little Flaggers FootballBring your friends to the park and enjoy a fun game of flag football. This non-contact program for boys and girls will help kids enjoy the game regardless of their size or skill level. Individual fun can be expected but teamwork will be emphasized. Teams will be put together based on the kids present. Morning Sports Sampler Camp Come join us in our 2025 sports camp, where we will be having fun learning and playing all the sports you have come to love. During this camp you will learn about the following sports: Kickball, Basketball, Volleyball and Softball. Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisYouth tennis lessons are offered for grades K-5th. The fundamentals of tennis with an emphasis on fun and sportsmanship will be taught. Children are asked to supply their own racket, a new can of tennis balls and to wear proper shoes. Summer Activities CampWelcome to Summer Activities Camp! Get ready for an action-packed camp filled with thrilling games like tug-of-war, water balloon toss, obstacle courses, scavenger hunts, relay races, and much more. Join us for unforgettable adventures, new friendships, and endless fun in the sun!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Sports Sampler 2nd-4th Grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2022. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Masks, social distancing, and temperature checks may be required for participation. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocations, updates and changes will be sent via email, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails or you will not receive program notifications. All programs are tentative pending local guidelines and subject to change or cancellation.Soccer CampOur four-day camp will focus on teaching the fundamentals of soccer in a non-competitive atmosphere. The group will be divided into teams and scrimmage at the end of each session. All players are required to wear shin guards.Basketball CampImprove your basketball skills by participating this summer in our four-day basketball camp. Shooting, passing, dribbling and playing defense will all be covered in a non-competitive fun environment. Little Flaggers FootballBring your friends to the park and enjoy a fun game of flag football. This non-contact program for boys and girls will help kids enjoy the game regardless of their size or skill level. Individual fun can be expected but teamwork will be emphasized. Teams will be put together based on the kids present. Morning Sports Sampler Camp Come join us in our 2025 sports camp, where we will be having fun learning and playing all the sports you have come to love. During this camp you will learn about the following sports: Kickball, Basketball, Volleyball and Softball. Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisYouth tennis lessons are offered for grades K-5th. The fundamentals of tennis with an emphasis on fun and sportsmanship will be taught. Children are asked to supply their own racket, a new can of tennis balls and to wear proper shoes. Summer Activities CampWelcome to Summer Activities Camp! Get ready for an action-packed camp filled with thrilling games like tug-of-war, water balloon toss, obstacle courses, scavenger hunts, relay races, and much more. Join us for unforgettable adventures, new friendships, and endless fun in the sun!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
City Maintenance
|
St Johns Depot and Rotary Park - Depot Building
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Afternoon Summer Camps - Rainforest Realm Camp
The Recreation Department is offering a number of afternoon summer camps for children in 2025. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: registration will close the Thursday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Camp programming and information is subject to change. Camp themes change per year, so please read the following descriptions to match with this year's offerings. Rainforest Realm Camp:Get ready to swing into the wild! At Rainforest Realm Camp, kids will embark on a journey deep into the heart of the rainforest, where every day is filled with exciting discoveries, creative exploration, and wild fun. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Junior Firefighter Camp: Want to learn what it takes to become a firefighter? If so, join the City of St. Johns Recreation Department and learn what it takes to be a firefighter and become a Jr. Firefighter. Children will do arts and crafts activities along with participating in firefighter-themed activities throughout the week. They will also get to hear from a fire fighter and see a fire truck! Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Pokemon Trainer Camp:The Poké Trainer Camp is a fun and interactive program where kids get to become real-life Pokémon Trainers! It’s like stepping into the world of Pokémon, where they’ll learn about Pokémon, go on adventures and do activities that will earn them their badges, do arts and crafts—all themed around the Pokémon universe. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Survival Camp: This camp is filled with exciting outdoor activities like orienteering, outdoor survival, hiking and using maps and compasses. Don’t be lost in the woods, find your compass and make your way to register for this camp. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Under the Sea Camp:Come join the City of St. Johns Recreation Department and explore the deep blue sea. Children will participate in ocean-themed fun activities and take a trip to the spray park or high school pool. Participants must provide their own swim wear, and towel. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Wacky Wizardry Camp: Uncover mysteries and explore the unknown by learning the wizarding secrets and skills of the great Professor Stumblemore. Kids will learn the different illusions and participate in experiments, games, and crafts. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.
|
Main City Park - Main Park Pavillion
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
T-BALL
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 10:30 PM
|
City Maintenance
|
St Johns Depot and Rotary Park - Depot Building
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
Wednesday June 25, 2025
|
|
7:30 AM - 12:30 PM
|
City Maintenance
|
St Johns Depot and Rotary Park - Depot Building
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy- Monday, Wednesday, Friday 9:00-10:00 AM - Morning Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy June Monthly Pass
All registrations and payments will be online. Instructions on creating an account can be found at the link below.
This is the link to create an account: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/household/add_step_01.aspx
This is the link to register for programs: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/activities/default.aspx
Registrations will be for single day visits. You will be able to register 10 days in advance.
It is recommended that you bring your own equipment, ie fins, kickboards.
All access to the pool for recreation programs will now happen through door #38. This door is located to the left of the main athletic entrance. We will have this open door propped open for 10-15 minutes after the program starts. This is based on a recommendation from Public Safety Officials to reduce the amount of access non-students have to the high school both before and during school hours.
If the school district cancels school due to weather or other reasons, then this program is also canceled.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Sports Sampler K/1st Grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2022. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Masks, social distancing, and temperature checks may be required for participation. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocations, updates and changes will be sent via email, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails or you will not receive program notifications. All programs are tentative pending local guidelines and subject to change or cancellation.Soccer CampOur four-day camp will focus on teaching the fundamentals of soccer in a non-competitive atmosphere. The group will be divided into teams and scrimmage at the end of each session. All players are required to wear shin guards.Basketball CampImprove your basketball skills by participating this summer in our four-day basketball camp. Shooting, passing, dribbling and playing defense will all be covered in a non-competitive fun environment. Little Flaggers FootballBring your friends to the park and enjoy a fun game of flag football. This non-contact program for boys and girls will help kids enjoy the game regardless of their size or skill level. Individual fun can be expected but teamwork will be emphasized. Teams will be put together based on the kids present. Morning Sports Sampler Camp Come join us in our 2025 sports camp, where we will be having fun learning and playing all the sports you have come to love. During this camp you will learn about the following sports: Kickball, Basketball, Volleyball and Softball. Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisYouth tennis lessons are offered for grades K-5th. The fundamentals of tennis with an emphasis on fun and sportsmanship will be taught. Children are asked to supply their own racket, a new can of tennis balls and to wear proper shoes. Summer Activities CampWelcome to Summer Activities Camp! Get ready for an action-packed camp filled with thrilling games like tug-of-war, water balloon toss, obstacle courses, scavenger hunts, relay races, and much more. Join us for unforgettable adventures, new friendships, and endless fun in the sun!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Sports Sampler 2nd-4th Grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2022. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Masks, social distancing, and temperature checks may be required for participation. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocations, updates and changes will be sent via email, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails or you will not receive program notifications. All programs are tentative pending local guidelines and subject to change or cancellation.Soccer CampOur four-day camp will focus on teaching the fundamentals of soccer in a non-competitive atmosphere. The group will be divided into teams and scrimmage at the end of each session. All players are required to wear shin guards.Basketball CampImprove your basketball skills by participating this summer in our four-day basketball camp. Shooting, passing, dribbling and playing defense will all be covered in a non-competitive fun environment. Little Flaggers FootballBring your friends to the park and enjoy a fun game of flag football. This non-contact program for boys and girls will help kids enjoy the game regardless of their size or skill level. Individual fun can be expected but teamwork will be emphasized. Teams will be put together based on the kids present. Morning Sports Sampler Camp Come join us in our 2025 sports camp, where we will be having fun learning and playing all the sports you have come to love. During this camp you will learn about the following sports: Kickball, Basketball, Volleyball and Softball. Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisYouth tennis lessons are offered for grades K-5th. The fundamentals of tennis with an emphasis on fun and sportsmanship will be taught. Children are asked to supply their own racket, a new can of tennis balls and to wear proper shoes. Summer Activities CampWelcome to Summer Activities Camp! Get ready for an action-packed camp filled with thrilling games like tug-of-war, water balloon toss, obstacle courses, scavenger hunts, relay races, and much more. Join us for unforgettable adventures, new friendships, and endless fun in the sun!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
City Maintenance
|
St Johns Depot and Rotary Park - Depot Building
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Afternoon Summer Camps - Rainforest Realm Camp
The Recreation Department is offering a number of afternoon summer camps for children in 2025. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: registration will close the Thursday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Camp programming and information is subject to change. Camp themes change per year, so please read the following descriptions to match with this year's offerings. Rainforest Realm Camp:Get ready to swing into the wild! At Rainforest Realm Camp, kids will embark on a journey deep into the heart of the rainforest, where every day is filled with exciting discoveries, creative exploration, and wild fun. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Junior Firefighter Camp: Want to learn what it takes to become a firefighter? If so, join the City of St. Johns Recreation Department and learn what it takes to be a firefighter and become a Jr. Firefighter. Children will do arts and crafts activities along with participating in firefighter-themed activities throughout the week. They will also get to hear from a fire fighter and see a fire truck! Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Pokemon Trainer Camp:The Poké Trainer Camp is a fun and interactive program where kids get to become real-life Pokémon Trainers! It’s like stepping into the world of Pokémon, where they’ll learn about Pokémon, go on adventures and do activities that will earn them their badges, do arts and crafts—all themed around the Pokémon universe. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Survival Camp: This camp is filled with exciting outdoor activities like orienteering, outdoor survival, hiking and using maps and compasses. Don’t be lost in the woods, find your compass and make your way to register for this camp. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Under the Sea Camp:Come join the City of St. Johns Recreation Department and explore the deep blue sea. Children will participate in ocean-themed fun activities and take a trip to the spray park or high school pool. Participants must provide their own swim wear, and towel. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Wacky Wizardry Camp: Uncover mysteries and explore the unknown by learning the wizarding secrets and skills of the great Professor Stumblemore. Kids will learn the different illusions and participate in experiments, games, and crafts. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.
|
Main City Park - Main Park Pavillion
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 10:00 PM
|
Music in the Park
|
Main City Park - Performance Shell
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 10:00 PM
|
Music in the Park
|
Main City Park - Main Park Pavillion
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
T-BALL
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 10:30 PM
|
City Maintenance
|
St Johns Depot and Rotary Park - Depot Building
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
Thursday June 26, 2025
|
|
5:00 AM - 6:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim - Tuesday, Thursday 5:00am-6:00am - Morning Lap Swim 5:00-6:00 am June Monthly Pass
All registrations and payments will be online. Instructions on creating an account can be found at the link below.
This is the link to create an account: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/household/add_step_01.aspx
This is the link to register for programs: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/activities/default.aspx
Registrations will be for single day visits.
It is recommended that you bring your own equipment, ie fins, kickboards.
All access to the pool for recreation programs will now happen through door #38. This door is located to the left of the main athletic entrance. We will have this open door propped open for 10-15 minutes after the program starts. This is based on a recommendation from Public Safety Officials to reduce the amount of access non-students have to the high school both before and during school hours.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 12:30 PM
|
City Maintenance
|
St Johns Depot and Rotary Park - Depot Building
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy- Monday, Wednesday, Friday 9:00-10:00 AM - Morning Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy June Monthly Pass
All registrations and payments will be online. Instructions on creating an account can be found at the link below.
This is the link to create an account: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/household/add_step_01.aspx
This is the link to register for programs: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/activities/default.aspx
Registrations will be for single day visits. You will be able to register 10 days in advance.
It is recommended that you bring your own equipment, ie fins, kickboards.
All access to the pool for recreation programs will now happen through door #38. This door is located to the left of the main athletic entrance. We will have this open door propped open for 10-15 minutes after the program starts. This is based on a recommendation from Public Safety Officials to reduce the amount of access non-students have to the high school both before and during school hours.
If the school district cancels school due to weather or other reasons, then this program is also canceled.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Sports Sampler K/1st Grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2022. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Masks, social distancing, and temperature checks may be required for participation. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocations, updates and changes will be sent via email, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails or you will not receive program notifications. All programs are tentative pending local guidelines and subject to change or cancellation.Soccer CampOur four-day camp will focus on teaching the fundamentals of soccer in a non-competitive atmosphere. The group will be divided into teams and scrimmage at the end of each session. All players are required to wear shin guards.Basketball CampImprove your basketball skills by participating this summer in our four-day basketball camp. Shooting, passing, dribbling and playing defense will all be covered in a non-competitive fun environment. Little Flaggers FootballBring your friends to the park and enjoy a fun game of flag football. This non-contact program for boys and girls will help kids enjoy the game regardless of their size or skill level. Individual fun can be expected but teamwork will be emphasized. Teams will be put together based on the kids present. Morning Sports Sampler Camp Come join us in our 2025 sports camp, where we will be having fun learning and playing all the sports you have come to love. During this camp you will learn about the following sports: Kickball, Basketball, Volleyball and Softball. Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisYouth tennis lessons are offered for grades K-5th. The fundamentals of tennis with an emphasis on fun and sportsmanship will be taught. Children are asked to supply their own racket, a new can of tennis balls and to wear proper shoes. Summer Activities CampWelcome to Summer Activities Camp! Get ready for an action-packed camp filled with thrilling games like tug-of-war, water balloon toss, obstacle courses, scavenger hunts, relay races, and much more. Join us for unforgettable adventures, new friendships, and endless fun in the sun!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Sports Sampler 2nd-4th Grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2022. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Masks, social distancing, and temperature checks may be required for participation. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocations, updates and changes will be sent via email, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails or you will not receive program notifications. All programs are tentative pending local guidelines and subject to change or cancellation.Soccer CampOur four-day camp will focus on teaching the fundamentals of soccer in a non-competitive atmosphere. The group will be divided into teams and scrimmage at the end of each session. All players are required to wear shin guards.Basketball CampImprove your basketball skills by participating this summer in our four-day basketball camp. Shooting, passing, dribbling and playing defense will all be covered in a non-competitive fun environment. Little Flaggers FootballBring your friends to the park and enjoy a fun game of flag football. This non-contact program for boys and girls will help kids enjoy the game regardless of their size or skill level. Individual fun can be expected but teamwork will be emphasized. Teams will be put together based on the kids present. Morning Sports Sampler Camp Come join us in our 2025 sports camp, where we will be having fun learning and playing all the sports you have come to love. During this camp you will learn about the following sports: Kickball, Basketball, Volleyball and Softball. Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisYouth tennis lessons are offered for grades K-5th. The fundamentals of tennis with an emphasis on fun and sportsmanship will be taught. Children are asked to supply their own racket, a new can of tennis balls and to wear proper shoes. Summer Activities CampWelcome to Summer Activities Camp! Get ready for an action-packed camp filled with thrilling games like tug-of-war, water balloon toss, obstacle courses, scavenger hunts, relay races, and much more. Join us for unforgettable adventures, new friendships, and endless fun in the sun!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
City Maintenance
|
St Johns Depot and Rotary Park - Depot Building
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Afternoon Summer Camps - Rainforest Realm Camp
The Recreation Department is offering a number of afternoon summer camps for children in 2025. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: registration will close the Thursday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Camp programming and information is subject to change. Camp themes change per year, so please read the following descriptions to match with this year's offerings. Rainforest Realm Camp:Get ready to swing into the wild! At Rainforest Realm Camp, kids will embark on a journey deep into the heart of the rainforest, where every day is filled with exciting discoveries, creative exploration, and wild fun. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Junior Firefighter Camp: Want to learn what it takes to become a firefighter? If so, join the City of St. Johns Recreation Department and learn what it takes to be a firefighter and become a Jr. Firefighter. Children will do arts and crafts activities along with participating in firefighter-themed activities throughout the week. They will also get to hear from a fire fighter and see a fire truck! Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Pokemon Trainer Camp:The Poké Trainer Camp is a fun and interactive program where kids get to become real-life Pokémon Trainers! It’s like stepping into the world of Pokémon, where they’ll learn about Pokémon, go on adventures and do activities that will earn them their badges, do arts and crafts—all themed around the Pokémon universe. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Survival Camp: This camp is filled with exciting outdoor activities like orienteering, outdoor survival, hiking and using maps and compasses. Don’t be lost in the woods, find your compass and make your way to register for this camp. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Under the Sea Camp:Come join the City of St. Johns Recreation Department and explore the deep blue sea. Children will participate in ocean-themed fun activities and take a trip to the spray park or high school pool. Participants must provide their own swim wear, and towel. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Wacky Wizardry Camp: Uncover mysteries and explore the unknown by learning the wizarding secrets and skills of the great Professor Stumblemore. Kids will learn the different illusions and participate in experiments, games, and crafts. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.
|
Main City Park - Main Park Pavillion
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 10:30 PM
|
City Maintenance
|
St Johns Depot and Rotary Park - Depot Building
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Summer Co-ed Softball League - TEAM Summer Coed Softball: Taylor Repair @ Jet's Pizza
The City of St. Johns summer softball leagues will tentatively begin the week of June 1, 2025. Co-ed on Thursday night. All games will be played at the City Park Main Softball Field. The first games will begin at 6:15pm and will be scheduled every 60 minutes with the last games beginning play at 9:15pm, depending on the number of teams. The league is an 8-game season ending with a tournament, if weather and time permits. If less than 8 teams register there will be some double headers scheduled for each team. Each team is responsible for paying the umpire $18 before each game. If a team has to forfeit, they are responsible for paying the entire $36 umpire fee. A team shall consist of at least twelve (12) players on the roster. You must have equal number of females and males in the playing field, so your roster should be similar. Additional players may be listed on the roster, but must register under "Additional Players" for $25 on the registration website.Team Registration opens, March 17, 2025 Deadline: by April 14, 2025 Team/Player Fee: $300.00The league will be cancelled if a minimum of 4 teams are not registered by April 15th. Fee covers team and player fees, up to 12 players. Teams are responsible for paying the umpire $18 at the field before each game they play. Depending on the number of teams that register, you might play double headers some nights.If there is room after the registration deadline, the registration fee will be $325.Player Registration opens April 15, 2025Deadline: By May 28, 2025 Fee: Included in Team FeeTeams must have a full roster of 12 players by the deadline. Managers: Be sure that your players have individually registered for your team by the deadline.You can have up to 12 players on your roster. Additional players over 12 will incur a $25 fee. Managers will have guidelines and league rules for your reference. Please contact your manager with questions.How to Register: (There is a tutorial available on the bottom of the registration homepage)Managers: create a household account if you don't have one, then register your team online. Be sure to register yourself individually as a player afterwards when player registration opens. Managers do NOT register their players any more--players must register individually.If you have a sponsorship check for your team, click Print a Registration Form at checkout and bring that with your check to the City Offices by the deadline. If you are paying online, select that option. (If your sponsor paid for the player fees as well, please contact Rachel Hoten at rhoten@stjohnsmi.gov for special instructions to give your players)Individual Players: create a household account if you don't have one, then register only yourself online. Only adults living in your home (family members) should be added as members of your household account.Check your spam/junk mail folder for our emails and add our email address to your contacts so you don't miss any important details!Additional Player over 12: Deadline May 31.Fee: $25.00 per player
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:15 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Summer Co-ed Softball League - TEAM Summer Coed Softball: One Bad Inning @ MWC
The City of St. Johns summer softball leagues will tentatively begin the week of June 1, 2025. Co-ed on Thursday night. All games will be played at the City Park Main Softball Field. The first games will begin at 6:15pm and will be scheduled every 60 minutes with the last games beginning play at 9:15pm, depending on the number of teams. The league is an 8-game season ending with a tournament, if weather and time permits. If less than 8 teams register there will be some double headers scheduled for each team. Each team is responsible for paying the umpire $18 before each game. If a team has to forfeit, they are responsible for paying the entire $36 umpire fee. A team shall consist of at least twelve (12) players on the roster. You must have equal number of females and males in the playing field, so your roster should be similar. Additional players may be listed on the roster, but must register under "Additional Players" for $25 on the registration website.Team Registration opens, March 17, 2025 Deadline: by April 14, 2025 Team/Player Fee: $300.00The league will be cancelled if a minimum of 4 teams are not registered by April 15th. Fee covers team and player fees, up to 12 players. Teams are responsible for paying the umpire $18 at the field before each game they play. Depending on the number of teams that register, you might play double headers some nights.If there is room after the registration deadline, the registration fee will be $325.Player Registration opens April 15, 2025Deadline: By May 28, 2025 Fee: Included in Team FeeTeams must have a full roster of 12 players by the deadline. Managers: Be sure that your players have individually registered for your team by the deadline.You can have up to 12 players on your roster. Additional players over 12 will incur a $25 fee. Managers will have guidelines and league rules for your reference. Please contact your manager with questions.How to Register: (There is a tutorial available on the bottom of the registration homepage)Managers: create a household account if you don't have one, then register your team online. Be sure to register yourself individually as a player afterwards when player registration opens. Managers do NOT register their players any more--players must register individually.If you have a sponsorship check for your team, click Print a Registration Form at checkout and bring that with your check to the City Offices by the deadline. If you are paying online, select that option. (If your sponsor paid for the player fees as well, please contact Rachel Hoten at rhoten@stjohnsmi.gov for special instructions to give your players)Individual Players: create a household account if you don't have one, then register only yourself online. Only adults living in your home (family members) should be added as members of your household account.Check your spam/junk mail folder for our emails and add our email address to your contacts so you don't miss any important details!Additional Player over 12: Deadline May 31.Fee: $25.00 per player
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
8:15 PM - 9:15 PM
|
Summer Co-ed Softball League - TEAM Summer Coed Softball: JC Electric @ One Bad Inning
The City of St. Johns summer softball leagues will tentatively begin the week of June 1, 2025. Co-ed on Thursday night. All games will be played at the City Park Main Softball Field. The first games will begin at 6:15pm and will be scheduled every 60 minutes with the last games beginning play at 9:15pm, depending on the number of teams. The league is an 8-game season ending with a tournament, if weather and time permits. If less than 8 teams register there will be some double headers scheduled for each team. Each team is responsible for paying the umpire $18 before each game. If a team has to forfeit, they are responsible for paying the entire $36 umpire fee. A team shall consist of at least twelve (12) players on the roster. You must have equal number of females and males in the playing field, so your roster should be similar. Additional players may be listed on the roster, but must register under "Additional Players" for $25 on the registration website.Team Registration opens, March 17, 2025 Deadline: by April 14, 2025 Team/Player Fee: $300.00The league will be cancelled if a minimum of 4 teams are not registered by April 15th. Fee covers team and player fees, up to 12 players. Teams are responsible for paying the umpire $18 at the field before each game they play. Depending on the number of teams that register, you might play double headers some nights.If there is room after the registration deadline, the registration fee will be $325.Player Registration opens April 15, 2025Deadline: By May 28, 2025 Fee: Included in Team FeeTeams must have a full roster of 12 players by the deadline. Managers: Be sure that your players have individually registered for your team by the deadline.You can have up to 12 players on your roster. Additional players over 12 will incur a $25 fee. Managers will have guidelines and league rules for your reference. Please contact your manager with questions.How to Register: (There is a tutorial available on the bottom of the registration homepage)Managers: create a household account if you don't have one, then register your team online. Be sure to register yourself individually as a player afterwards when player registration opens. Managers do NOT register their players any more--players must register individually.If you have a sponsorship check for your team, click Print a Registration Form at checkout and bring that with your check to the City Offices by the deadline. If you are paying online, select that option. (If your sponsor paid for the player fees as well, please contact Rachel Hoten at rhoten@stjohnsmi.gov for special instructions to give your players)Individual Players: create a household account if you don't have one, then register only yourself online. Only adults living in your home (family members) should be added as members of your household account.Check your spam/junk mail folder for our emails and add our email address to your contacts so you don't miss any important details!Additional Player over 12: Deadline May 31.Fee: $25.00 per player
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|
|
9:15 PM - 10:15 PM
|
Summer Co-ed Softball League - TEAM Summer Coed Softball: Bat Intentions @ Blue Moon Ice Cream Shop
The City of St. Johns summer softball leagues will tentatively begin the week of June 1, 2025. Co-ed on Thursday night. All games will be played at the City Park Main Softball Field. The first games will begin at 6:15pm and will be scheduled every 60 minutes with the last games beginning play at 9:15pm, depending on the number of teams. The league is an 8-game season ending with a tournament, if weather and time permits. If less than 8 teams register there will be some double headers scheduled for each team. Each team is responsible for paying the umpire $18 before each game. If a team has to forfeit, they are responsible for paying the entire $36 umpire fee. A team shall consist of at least twelve (12) players on the roster. You must have equal number of females and males in the playing field, so your roster should be similar. Additional players may be listed on the roster, but must register under "Additional Players" for $25 on the registration website.Team Registration opens, March 17, 2025 Deadline: by April 14, 2025 Team/Player Fee: $300.00The league will be cancelled if a minimum of 4 teams are not registered by April 15th. Fee covers team and player fees, up to 12 players. Teams are responsible for paying the umpire $18 at the field before each game they play. Depending on the number of teams that register, you might play double headers some nights.If there is room after the registration deadline, the registration fee will be $325.Player Registration opens April 15, 2025Deadline: By May 28, 2025 Fee: Included in Team FeeTeams must have a full roster of 12 players by the deadline. Managers: Be sure that your players have individually registered for your team by the deadline.You can have up to 12 players on your roster. Additional players over 12 will incur a $25 fee. Managers will have guidelines and league rules for your reference. Please contact your manager with questions.How to Register: (There is a tutorial available on the bottom of the registration homepage)Managers: create a household account if you don't have one, then register your team online. Be sure to register yourself individually as a player afterwards when player registration opens. Managers do NOT register their players any more--players must register individually.If you have a sponsorship check for your team, click Print a Registration Form at checkout and bring that with your check to the City Offices by the deadline. If you are paying online, select that option. (If your sponsor paid for the player fees as well, please contact Rachel Hoten at rhoten@stjohnsmi.gov for special instructions to give your players)Individual Players: create a household account if you don't have one, then register only yourself online. Only adults living in your home (family members) should be added as members of your household account.Check your spam/junk mail folder for our emails and add our email address to your contacts so you don't miss any important details!Additional Player over 12: Deadline May 31.Fee: $25.00 per player
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|